{"title":"Thicknessing planers","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 planer thicknessers from €420 to €3,450, with widths from 200 to 410 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e On Krollit you will find combined planers from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.krollit.it\/collections\/bernardo\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/a\u003e, Record Power and Güde for hobbyists and professionals. All of them work both as planers (to straighten warped boards) and as thicknessers (to calibrate uniform thickness) - in a single machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 230V single-phase versions connect to a domestic socket and are ideal for hobby workshops. The 400V three-phase versions offer more power for continuous use in carpentry. If you are looking for even quieter and more durable finishes, consider planers with spiral cutter blocks with carbide inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't know which one to choose? Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/classifiche\/miglior-piallatrice\"\u003eguide to the best planers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 400V is the entry-professional combination planer for artisans and carpenters with planing needs up to 250 mm. At 173 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg), making it suitable for workshops with limited space or those needing to occasionally move the machine. The 2.0 kW three-phase motor is sized for processing soft and medium woods in a professional cycle: for hard oak or ash, the reduced feed rate of 4.8 m\/min compared to the AD 310's 6 m\/min requires more conservative passes. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is predominantly used for the production of small and medium-sized solid wood furniture, where the 250 mm width covers the vast majority of processed boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 – 400V is positioned between the ADM 260 – 230V (same width, single-phase, for workshops without three-phase power) and the AD 310 – 400V (310 mm width, larger cutter block, for those needing more capacity). The choice between AD 260 and AD 310 depends almost exclusively on the maximum width of the workpieces: if 90% of the boards do not exceed 250 mm, the AD 260 is sufficient and costs less. If you frequently work on panels between 250 and 310 mm, the AD 310 avoids having to split the pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires 400V three-phase power: not always available in home workshops. For hobby use, consider the ADM 260 – 230V single-phase version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm width covers most solid wood pieces. The 173 kg offers stability without a special foundation and allows repositioning in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW S1 motor is not sized for prolonged industrial cycles on hardwoods. Consider the AD 310 or ADM 300 with helical cutter block.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing pieces over 250 mm wide (consider AD 310); intensive production on hardwoods like oak or ash for more than 4 continuous hours; workshops with only single-phase 230V power (choose ADM 260 – 230V).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter guard, switch with undervoltage release, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 400V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 – 400V requires 400V three-phase power and has a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min. The ADM 260 – 230V works with a standard domestic single-phase socket and is equipped with cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips and an integrated motor brake. For workshops with a three-phase system, the AD 260 – 400V is preferable for its smoother motor torque; for workshops or laboratories with only a 230V socket, the ADM 260 – 230V is the only practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 260 also work with hardwoods like oak or walnut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with due care. For hardwoods (oak, walnut, ash), it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1-1.5 mm for jointing and 1 mm for thicknessing, and ensure that the HSS knives are sharp. The 2.0 kW S1 motor is sized for intermittent work cycles on hardwoods: for intensive production on oak for more than 3-4 continuous hours, consider the AD 310 (3.0 kW) or the ADM 300.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (3-5 hours\/day), the 3 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping. The included setting jig ensures correct positioning after each replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust collector is compatible with the AD 260?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm, compatible with most professional-grade woodworking dust collectors. The Bernardo DC 300 (400V, flow rate 1,200 m³\/h) is the recommended solution for continuous use. For workshops with limited space, the mobile Bernardo DC 300 integrates easily without a fixed system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 260?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed, for an operating area of approximately 5 × 1.2 m. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. Delivery is on a secured pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623941869896,"sku":"08-1052","price":1449.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.png?v=1760693106"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-310-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 310 Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a jointer table of 1,610 mm, a Ø 95 mm shaft with 4 HSS knives at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 225 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Produced in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 295 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 310 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 is the benchmark combination planer for joinery and artisan workshops requiring planing up to 310 mm in continuous cycles. Its 295 kg structural weight distinguishes it from entry-level planers weighing 150-180 kg: the mass provides stability during passes on hardwoods like oak and ash, where lighter machines exhibit micro-vibrations visible on the finished surface. The non-deformable cast iron tables offer flatness over time, even with temperature variations in the workshop, a critical factor for window and door manufacturers and furniture makers working to tight tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo range of combination planers, the AD 310 occupies the entry-professional segment: above hobby planers with 2.2 kW motors and 150 kg structures, and below the ADM 300 models which add a helical feed roller and sound-absorbing lips for extended industrial cycles. The choice between AD 310 and ADM 300 depends on the intensity of use: for shifts up to 6 hours, the AD 310 is sufficient; beyond 6 continuous daily hours, the ADM 300 reduces the risk of thermal stops. Switching from jointer to thicknesser is managed by the double tilting of the rear tables, an operation that takes less than 60 seconds in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts (HSS knives, belts, bearings) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 310 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOversized machine for occasional use: the 400V three-phase motor requires a dedicated electrical system. Consider a single-phase version if available.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm covers 95% of work on standard boards and panels. The 295 kg provides stability without special foundation. 400V three-phase is the standard in Italian joinery workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor shifts exceeding 6 hours daily, consider the ADM 300 with helical roller and sound-absorbing lips, designed for more intensive cycles without thermal stops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with only 230V single-phase power without the possibility of a three-phase system; processing panels wider than 310 mm (consider the AD 410); workshops requiring variable selectable feed (the AD 310 has a fixed feed of 6 m\/min).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 295 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, limit switch for unintentional restart prevention, planer shaft protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaft protection guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 310 work with 230V single-phase power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Bernardo AD 310 – 400V requires 400V three-phase power. For workshops with only a single-phase socket, the ADM 260 – 230V version or other models in the Bernardo range in a single-phase configuration are available. The 400V three-phase power supply is standard in Italian joinery and artisan workshops equipped with an industrial meter. The 3.0 kW three-phase motor offers smoother starting torque compared to single-phase motors of similar power, reducing absorption peaks at start-up. Before purchasing, verify with your electrician the presence of a dedicated three-phase line with adequate protection (typically 16A).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum working width for thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe effective thicknessing width is 310 mm, with adjustable passage height from 5 to 225 mm. The maximum depth of cut per pass is 5 mm, with 2-3 mm recommended for precision finishing on hardwoods. The 310 mm covers boards, strips, and panels of the most common sizes in Italian joinery: standard interior doors, kitchen countertops, glued laminated timber beams. For panels wider than 310 mm, it is necessary to consider the AD 410 (400 mm) or work in multiple passes by splitting the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous professional use (4-6 hours\/day), the 4 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-4 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Complete replacement depends on the number of sharpening cycles (typically 5-8 cycles before discarding). The HSS knives for the AD 310 are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping. The included setting gauge provides precise knife positioning after each replacement, a critical element to avoid surface steps on the planed board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm. A dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600-800 m³\/h is needed to effectively capture chips in thicknessing mode. Bernardo DC 300 and DC 600 are the manufacturer's recommended solutions. The chip collection hood is foldable and integrated into the machine: during jointing, it can be folded away to avoid obstructing the operator. For enclosed spaces without a fixed dust extraction system, the mobile Bernardo DC 300 (400V) is the most common solution chosen by Krollit customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 310 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,610 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm. For workpiece handling, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front of and behind the machine, for a total operating area of approximately 6.5 × 1.5 m. The alignment tables open at the back of the machine: this feature allows for wall placement on the front side, optimizing space usage in narrow workshops. The 295 kg weight does not require a special foundation. Check access to the workshop (minimum recommended door width 1.2 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623943377224,"sku":"08-1064","price":2745.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_310_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760691823"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-ad-410-400-v","title":"Bernardo AD 410 Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 410 mm, a jointer table of 1,685 mm, a Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS blades rotating at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,685 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS blades – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 340 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 410 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 is the benchmark combination planer for woodworking shops that process wide workpieces: with a usable width of 410 mm, it handles panels, joinery timber, and glued laminated beams that exceed the limits of 310 mm planers. Its 340 kg structure, 1,685 mm jointer table, and Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS blades position it in the professional-heavy segment: a machine designed for those who tackle large boards daily, such as joiners, custom furniture makers, and timber framers. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used for processing solid doors, extra-large kitchen countertops, cladding panels, and beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 410 is the version with standard HSS blades in the 410 mm width family. Those looking for lower noise and longer cutting edge life can consider the AD 410 S with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts (higher range, higher price). The difference compared to the AD 310 (310 mm) is not just in width: the longer table (1,685 vs 1,610 mm) and greater weight (340 vs 295 kg) provide superior stability for large workpieces that require more support during feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 410 – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (340 kg) with 400V three-phase motor: excessive size and cost for occasional use. For hobbyists with workpieces up to 250 mm, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery\/craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who frequently work with pieces between 310 and 410 mm wide, doors, panels, beams, this is the most suitable solution. 400V three-phase is the standard in Italian joinery shops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles over 6 hours\/day on hardwoods, consider the AD 410 S version with a spiral cutter block, which reduces cutting edge wear and lowers noise levels.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system; hobbyists with width requirements below 310 mm; environments with access less than 1.3 m wide (mandatory delivery check).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, limit switch against unintentional restart, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 410 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 410 offers 100 mm more planing width (410 vs 310 mm), a longer jointer table (1,685 vs 1,610 mm), and greater structural weight (340 vs 295 kg). The motor is identical (3.0 kW S1, 4.2 kW S6), as are the feed rate (6 m\/min) and dust extraction connection (Ø 100 mm). The choice depends exclusively on the width of the workpieces being processed: if you regularly exceed 310 mm, the AD 410 is necessary; otherwise, the AD 310 costs less and takes up less space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the AD 410 plane MDF or particle board?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically yes, but with reservations. MDF and particle board panels contain abrasive resins that wear HSS blades much faster than solid wood: the sharpening frequency can double compared to working on natural wood. For those who primarily work on MDF or panels with glues, it is advisable to consider the AD 410 S version with a spiral cutter block and TCT carbide inserts, which offer up to 10-20 times longer cutting edge life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction connection is Ø 100 mm. With a width of 410 mm, chip production is greater than with 310 mm versions: a dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V, flow rate 1,500 m³\/h) is the recommended solution for continuous professional use with this working width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS blades be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) on medium woods, the 4 HSS blades require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. On hardwoods, the frequency can increase to 1-2 weeks. The blades are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit's warehouse. The supplied setting gauge ensures correct positioning of the 4 blades after each replacement, an operation that takes 15-20 minutes with the gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm. For handling wide workpieces up to 410 mm, a clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front of and behind the machine is required. The jointer tables open at the back: front wall positioning is possible. With 340 kg, it requires a equipped platform for delivery: check access (minimum door width 1.3 m) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623944327496,"sku":"08-1067","price":3452.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_410_400V_professionale.jpg?v=1757347751"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adm-260-230v","title":"Planer Thicknesser Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 3,750 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 190 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor with integrated motor brake. Manufactured in Austria, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 3,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V is the choice for those looking for a professional 250 mm combination planer-thicknesser without the need for a three-phase power supply. It works with any 230V single-phase industrial socket, a decisive feature for small carpentry shops, craft workshops in non-industrial premises, and advanced hobbyists with a home workshop. The cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips distinguish this machine from the entry-level AD 260 – 400V: they reduce vibrations transmitted to the workpiece surface and lower the noise level during processing, a concrete advantage in shared workspaces or residential areas. The integrated motor brake stops the shaft in a few seconds after shutdown, increasing operational safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V is positioned as a premium single-phase version compared to the AD 260 – 400V: same working width (250 mm), but improved tables with sound-absorbing lips and a motor brake. Those who already have a three-phase system in their workshop should prefer the AD 260 – 400V for its more consistent motor torque; those working with single-phase power have no alternatives in the Bernardo 250 mm range until the ADM 260 S – 230V with spiral cutter block (higher range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with a 230V single-phase socket: no three-phase system required. The 160 kg weight is manageable in a home workshop with a pallet truck. 250 mm capacity covers most hobby projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase system, it's the professional 250 mm solution. Tables with sound-absorbing lips and a motor brake increase quality and safety in daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for industrial cycles on hardwoods. For intensive production, consider the ADM 300 – 400V three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with an existing three-phase system (prefer AD 260 – 400V for higher motor torque); working on pieces wider than 250 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS 18%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated motor brake, switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 HSS 18% knives fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch with motor brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect the ADM 260 – 230V to a normal household socket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V operates on 230V single-phase power, but requires an industrial CEE 16A socket, not a standard Schuko household socket. The starting current of a 2.0 kW motor can reach 8-10A for a short moment: a dedicated line with a 16A miniature circuit breaker is the recommended configuration to avoid tripping the electrical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 260 – 230V and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V operates on 230V single-phase, has tables with sound-absorbing lips, an integrated motor brake, and a feed rate of 8 m\/min. The AD 260 – 400V requires 400V three-phase, has standard tables without sound absorption, and a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min. For those with three-phase power available, the AD 260 – 400V offers more uniform motor torque under load. For those working with single-phase power, the ADM 260 – 230V is the mandatory choice at this capacity level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the maximum depth of cut of 1.8 mm for thicknessing a significant limitation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard professional use, no. Finishing passes typically range from 0.5 to 1.5 mm, well within the 1.8 mm limit. Only those performing aggressive roughing in initial processing might feel the limit: in that case, it is more appropriate to use the jointer mode (max depth of cut 5 mm) for initial roughing, reserving thicknessing for finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre HSS knives suitable for all types of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS 18% knives are suitable for softwoods (pine, spruce, poplar), medium woods (cherry, European walnut, birch), and compact hardwoods (oak, ash). For very hard or resinous exotic woods (teak, iroko) or panels with MDF glue, more frequent sharpening checks are recommended. For those working predominantly on MDF or abrasive materials, Bernardo offers versions with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts (model ADM 260 S) with significantly longer lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the ADM 260 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm. For handling workpieces, at least 1.8 m of clear space is needed in front and behind, for an operating area of approximately 4.5 × 1.2 m. At 160 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. It is among the most compact professional combination planer-thicknessers in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623945146696,"sku":"08-1030","price":1281.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760519556"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adm-300-400v","title":"Bernardo ADM 300 Planer and Thicknesser - 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,510 mm jointer table, a Ø 78 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 6.6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor with a helical feed roller. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 78 mm – 4 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 280 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 is a professional combination planer\/thicknesser for carpentry shops with a need for extended work cycles. Two features distinguish it from the AD 310 in the same width range: the helical feed roller, which provides a more uniform and secure workpiece feed during thicknessing, and the ground cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips, which reduce vibrations transmitted to the finished surface and the overall noise level. The 5,500 rpm cutter block (vs 4,300 on the AD 310) produces a higher number of cuts per meter of workpiece fed, with a direct effect on surface quality. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used by furniture makers and window\/door manufacturers for daily 6-8 hour shifts on solid wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 occupies the professional-plus segment compared to the AD 310: same approximate width (305 vs 310 mm), but a construction more oriented towards intensive use. The ADM 300 V version adds variable feed from 1 to 10 m\/min with a digital display, useful for those who need to adjust the speed based on the type of wood and depth of cut. For those who do not need variable feed, the standard ADM 300 is sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 300 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for intensive professional use (280 kg, three-phase 400V). For hobbyists with needs up to 250 mm, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe helical roller and sound-absorbing tables make a difference in prolonged daily use. The 5,500 rpm cutter block speed offers superior surface quality compared to entry-level professional planers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for intensive work cycles. The integrated trolley facilitates repositioning. For production with widths over 305 mm, consider the ADM 300 in the 410 mm version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobbyists with occasional use (oversized cost and dimensions); workshops without a three-phase 400V system; processing workpieces over 305 mm wide (consider AD 410 or 410 mm versions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 78 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS 18%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,105 × 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS 18% knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated trolley for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 has a 5,500 rpm cutter block (vs 4,300 on the AD 310), a helical feed roller for more uniform feeding, ground cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips, and an integrated trolley. The AD 310 has a slightly larger width (310 vs 305 mm) and weighs 295 vs 280 kg. For intensive professional use (6-8 hour shifts), the ADM 300 is the superior choice for surface quality and operational comfort; for less intensive use, the AD 310 is more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the helical feed roller really make a difference?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, especially on workpieces with irregular grain or woods that tend to chip out. The helical (spiral) roller applies progressive and uniform pressure to the workpiece instead of point pressure: it reduces the risk of workpiece lift, improves the consistency of the final thickness along the entire workpiece, and minimizes roller marks on the surface of soft woods. On workpieces with knots or oblique grain, the difference in surface quality is noticeable compared to standard straight rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 and ADM 300 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 V adds variable feed from 1 to 10 m\/min adjustable via a digital display, compared to the fixed feed of 6.6 m\/min on the standard ADM 300. Variable feed is useful for adapting the speed to the type of wood (slower on hard woods for a better finish, faster on soft woods for roughing) and for optimizing productivity based on the depth of cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intensive professional use (6-8 hours\/day), the 4 HSS 18% knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks on medium woods, every 1-2 weeks on hard woods. The high cutter block speed (5,500 rpm) produces more cuts per meter advanced, increasing quality but also blade wear. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for the ADM 300 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. The integrated trolley allows internal movement on a level floor without additional equipment. Delivery is on a pallet: weight 280 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623945933128,"sku":"08-1085","price":1965.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_300_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760691112"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-adm-300-v-400v","title":"Bernardo ADM 300 V Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,510 mm jointer table, a Ø 78 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives running at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, variable feed speed of 1–10 m\/min with a digital display, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 78 mm – 4 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–10 m\/min variable (digital display)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 280 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 300 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 V is the advanced version of the ADM 300: it adds a variable feed speed from 1 to 10 m\/min adjustable via a digital display, which allows the feed speed to be adapted to the type of wood, depth of cut, and required finish. For hardwoods or difficult grain, the speed is reduced to minimize tear-out and increase surface quality; for roughing softwoods, it is set to maximum to reduce processing time. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by furniture makers and window\/door manufacturers who work with a wide variety of wood species, from pine to oak, and who value operational flexibility compared to a machine with fixed feed speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 V occupies the upper end of the ADM 300 family: same structure, same cutter block, same motor, but with the variable feed system as the main differentiator. Compared to the standard ADM 300 (fixed feed speed 6.6 m\/min), the V is preferable for those who work with very different types of wood on the same day. For those who always work with the same type of wood with consistent passes, the standard ADM 300 is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 300 V – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (280 kg, three-phase 400V) with advanced features not necessary for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe variable feed is the main added value: it allows optimizing quality and productivity based on the type of wood processed during the day.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor productions with a variety of wood species and different finish requirements, the variable feed with digital display is a concrete quality control tool.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a three-phase 400V system; those who always work with the same type of wood with fixed parameters (standard ADM 300 is sufficient and less expensive); pieces wider than 305 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 78 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointer fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,105 × 155 mm – inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–10 m\/min variable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 280 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block protection, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknesser table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuously adjustable feed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concrete difference between fixed and variable feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith fixed feed (standard ADM 300: 6.6 m\/min), the workpiece feed speed is constant regardless of the wood and depth of cut. With variable feed (ADM 300 V: 1–10 m\/min), you can set 2-3 m\/min for hard oak for a perfect finish, and increase to 8-10 m\/min for roughing pine to maximize productivity. The digital display shows the set speed and allows you to reproduce the same settings for subsequent work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the ADM 300 V also suitable for production on exotic woods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ability to reduce the feed to 1-2 m\/min makes it suitable for dense exotic woods like teak (density ~680 kg\/m³) or ipe (~1,000 kg\/m³), where high speeds can cause fiber tear-out. With passes of 0.5-1 mm and slow feed, the ADM 300 V produces surface quality comparable to higher-end machines. Note: on siliceous woods like teak, HSS knife wear is accelerated; consider the version with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts for intensive production on these materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the feed adjusted on the digital display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital display is integrated into the machine's control panel and shows the current feed speed in m\/min. Adjustment is done via a potentiometer or digital keypad (check the specific model's manual). The setting is retained even after the machine is switched off, allowing you to resume work with the previous parameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 V and standard ADM 300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the feed system: variable 1–10 m\/min with a digital display in the V version, fixed at 6.6 m\/min in the standard version. Structure, cutter block, motor, dimensions, and weight are identical. The price of the V version is higher due to the electronic feed adjustment system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. The integrated trolley allows internal movement on a flat floor without additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623947243848,"sku":"08-1087A","price":2549.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_300_V_400V_professionale.jpg?v=1757347075"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-fs-410-n-400v","title":"Bernardo FS 410 N Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 410 N jointer-planer offers a planing width of 405 mm, a 1,640 mm jointer table, a Ø 70 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 230 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 4.0 kW S1 \/ 5.5 kW S6 three-phase 400V motor with a digital display included. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 405 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 70 mm – 3 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 kW S1 \/ 5.5 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 255 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 410 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 410 N is the professional 405 mm combination planer in the FS family, the one with a standard HSS knife block. With a 4.0 kW S1 and 5.5 kW S6 motor, it is the most powerful among Bernardo combination planers in the 400 mm range with HSS knives, and the only one in this width to have a Ø 120 mm dust extraction port (vs Ø 100 mm for smaller versions): a technical detail that indicates a higher chip production volume and the need for a larger extraction system. The digital display for the thicknessing table is included as standard. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used for the production of solid doors, cladding panels, tables, and other wide solid wood elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 410 N is superior to the AD 410 (same format, smaller 3.0 kW motor, no display) in terms of power and cutter block speed (5,500 vs 4,300 rpm). For those looking for 405 mm with HSS knives but less intensive use, the AD 410 is sufficient. For those working large pieces in intensive cycles on hard woods, the FS 410 N is the appropriate choice in the HSS range. The next step is the spiral cutter block version (FS 410 PS) for those who want to almost completely eliminate the sharpening operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo FS 410 N – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine with a 4.0 kW three-phase motor. Oversized dimensions and cost for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who work wide pieces up to 405 mm professionally. The 4.0 kW motor provides sufficient torque even on hard woods in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive production of large formats, consider the FS 410 PS with a spiral cutter block, which drastically reduces cutting edge maintenance times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system; pieces with a width less than 310 mm (oversized machine); those who do not have a dust extractor with a Ø 120 mm connection or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurfacing planer (jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknessing planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW (5.5 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW (7.5 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650 × 1,000 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknessing table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the dust extraction port Ø 120 mm instead of Ø 100 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a working width of 405 mm, the volume of chips produced per advanced meter is about 30% higher than a 310 mm planer. The Ø 120 mm port allows this volume to be disposed of without reducing airflow and without obstructions. If you only have extractors with a Ø 100 mm hose, you can use a reducer, but the effective flow rate is reduced by 20-30%: sufficient for intermittent use, not optimal for intensive continuous cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 410 N and AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 410 N has a more powerful motor (4.0 kW S1 vs 3.0 kW), higher cutter block speed (5,500 vs 4,300 rpm), greater thicknessing depth of cut (4 vs 5 mm), Ø 120 mm dust extraction port (vs 100 mm), and digital display as standard. The AD 410 has 4 HSS knives (vs 3 for the FS 410 N) and weighs slightly more (340 vs 255 kg). For intensive professional use, the FS 410 N is superior; for less intensive use, the AD 410 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 3 HSS knives sufficient compared to the 4 of the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface quality depends on the number of cuts per advanced meter, not just the number of knives. With 3 knives at 5,500 rpm and a feed rate of 7 m\/min, the FS 410 N produces approximately 39 cuts per cm advanced. With 4 knives at 4,300 rpm and 6 m\/min, the AD 410 produces approximately 29 cuts per cm. The FS 410 N therefore produces theoretically superior surface finish, despite having one less knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, the 3 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. The high cutter block speed (5,500 rpm) produces higher quality but also greater edge wear compared to slower cutter blocks. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for the FS 410 N in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,650 × 1,000 × 1,000 mm. With a working width of 405 mm, a clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front and behind is needed for handling larger pieces. At 255 kg, delivery is on a pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623948161352,"sku":"08-1059","price":2549.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_410_N_400_V.jpg?v=1757017064"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-pt-310-400v","title":"Planer and thicknesser Bernardo PT 310 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a 1,300 mm surface planer table, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives rotating at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 180 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.2 kW three-phase 400V motor. Produced in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 180 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 310 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 – 400V is the 310 mm combination planer\/thicknesser in the compact and lightweight version of the PT range: at 180 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg) and the ADM 300 (280 kg), though it has a shorter surface planer table (1,300 mm vs 1,500-1,610 mm) and a smaller motor (2.2 kW vs 3.0 kW). It is the choice for those who need 310 mm width but work in tight spaces or need to move the machine, or for those with less intensive planing needs. Its 8 m\/min feed rate, higher than the AD 310 (6 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing operations on softwoods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PT range, the PT 310 is positioned as the 310 mm entry-level model: above the PT 260 (260 mm, 2.2 kW motor) and below the PT 305 D (305 mm, more powerful motor, digital display). The main limitation compared to the AD 310 is the reduced thicknessing height of 180 mm (vs 225 mm): for those who frequently work with pieces between 180 and 225 mm high, the AD 310 is necessary, for everyone else, the PT 310 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 310 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use with single-phase outlets, consider 230V versions in the PT range. The 180 kg is manageable with a pallet jack.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm width with compact structure (180 kg, 1,300 × 900 mm footprint). Suitable for workshops with limited space working with pieces up to 180 mm high.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.2 kW S1 motor and 1,300 mm table are not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 310 or ADM 300.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 180 mm in thicknessing (consider AD 310 with a pass-through of up to 225 mm); workshops without a three-phase 400V system; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePass-through height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch-plug combination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 310 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 310 weighs 180 kg (vs 295 kg for the AD 310), has a shorter surface planer table (1,300 vs 1,610 mm), a smaller motor (2.2 kW vs 3.0 kW), and reduced thicknessing height (180 vs 225 mm). However, the feed rate is faster (8 vs 6 m\/min). The PT 310 is suitable for those seeking 310 mm width in a compact and lightweight format; the AD 310 is superior for intensive use, tall workpieces, and structural stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I thickness plane pieces up to 200 mm high?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The maximum thicknessing height for the PT 310 is 180 mm. For pieces between 180 and 225 mm high, you need to consider the AD 310 (pass-through up to 225 mm) or the ADM 300 (up to 220 mm). For pieces up to 180 mm, the PT 310 is perfectly adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 8 m\/min feed rate also suitable for hardwoods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn hardwoods (oak, ash) with an 8 m\/min feed rate, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1-1.5 mm to avoid tear-out and motor overload. On softwoods (pine, spruce), the full 8 m\/min feed rate with 2-2.5 mm passes is perfectly feasible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the changeover from surface planer to thicknesser work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe surfacing tables open with a hinge to expose the thicknesser bed: the operation takes approximately 30-60 seconds without tools. The dust hood is integrated and automatically adjusts to both modes. It is not necessary to disconnect the dust collector during mode change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space does the PT 310 need in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm: among the most compact 310 mm planers available. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. At 180 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623948947784,"sku":"08-1041","price":1976.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_310_400V.jpg?v=1757346272"},{"product_id":"adh-250-p-400-v","title":"Bernardo ADH 250 P Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm shaft with 3 HSS blades at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. It weighs 148 kg and has dimensions of 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS blades – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADH 250 P and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V is the most compact and lightweight combined jointer-thicknesser in Bernardo's professional range with a 250 mm width in its three-phase version. At 148 kg, it is 25 kg lighter than the AD 260 – 400V (173 kg) and significantly more compact (dimensions 1,100 × 750 mm vs 1,150 × 800 mm). The 1.5 kW motor places it in the entry-level segment: suitable for workshops with limited planing needs, where the 250 mm width and low weight are the main selection criteria. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used as a first machine by carpenters starting their business, or as a support planer in workshops already equipped with a main machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADH 250 P occupies the lowest end of Bernardo's three-phase combined planer range at 250 mm: 1.5 kW motor vs 2.0 kW for the AD 260 – 400V, jointing depth up to 5 mm (vs 3 mm for the AD 260), thicknessing height up to 185 mm (vs similar 185 mm). The main difference from the AD 260 is the smaller motor: sufficient for intermittent use and soft-medium woods, more limiting for intensive cycles on hardwoods. For those who can invest slightly more, the AD 260 – 400V offers a more appropriately sized motor for daily professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires a 400V three-phase system not available in home workshops. For hobby use in single-phase, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with limited planing needs (2-4 hours\/day) on soft and medium woods. The 1.5 kW motor is sufficient for non-intensive use at 250 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW S1 motor is not sized for industrial cycles on hardwoods. Consider the AD 260 – 400V (2.0 kW) or ADM 300 – 400V (3.0 kW).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system (choose ADM 260 – 230V); pieces over 250 mm wide or over 185 mm high for thicknessing; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 3 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, planer shaft protection, anti-restart interlock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 feed handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADH 250 P and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADH 250 P has a 1.5 kW S1 motor (vs 2.0 kW for the AD 260), weighs 148 kg (vs 173 kg), has a slightly more compact footprint, and a jointing depth of up to 5 mm (vs 3 mm for the AD 260). The AD 260 has a faster feed rate (same 4.8 m\/min) but a more powerful motor for more intensive daily professional use. For intermittent use, the ADH 250 P is sufficient; for joinery workshops with 4-8 hour shifts, the AD 260 – 400V is the more suitable choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1.5 kW motor sufficient for professional work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the intensity of use and the type of wood. For softwoods (pine, fir, poplar) with passes of 1-2 mm, the 1.5 kW motor is sufficient for continuous cycles of 3-4 hours. For hardwoods (oak, ash), it is recommended to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and take breaks every 30-45 minutes to prevent motor overheating. For daily professional use on hardwoods, the AD 260 – 400V with a 2.0 kW motor is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you switch from jointer to thicknesser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe alignment tables pivot on hinges to expose the thicknesser bed. The two supplied handles facilitate manual flipping of the tables. The operation takes about 30-60 seconds without tools. The Ø 100 mm dust extraction port remains accessible in both working modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the ADH 250 P to plane particle board or MDF?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended for frequent use. Particle board and MDF contain resins and abrasives that wear HSS knives much faster than solid wood. On these materials, the sharpening frequency can increase by 50-100%. For those who primarily work with panels, consider versions with a helical cutter block and TCT inserts available in other machines in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the ADH 250 P?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm, among the most compact in Bernardo's professional combined planer range. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is needed. At 148 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. Delivery is on a standard pallet, no special lifting equipment required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623950258504,"sku":"08-1019A","price":1196.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADH_250_P_400V_compatta.jpg?v=1757348634"},{"product_id":"pialle-bernardo-pt-200","title":"Bernardo PT 200 Bench Planer\/Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 – 230V bench jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 205 mm, a jointer table of 740 mm, a Ø 50 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 8,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 120 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. It weighs 27 kg and has dimensions of 790 × 460 × 480 mm. Manufactured in Austria, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 – 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm – 2 HSS knives – 8,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 kW S1 \/ 1.75 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 – 230V is the most compact benchtop combined planer from the Bernardo catalog: 27 kg, dimensions of 790 × 460 × 480 mm, 230V operation. It is not a production machine; it is a tool for those with limited space, who move between construction sites or workshops, or who want a combined planer as a complementary machine in an already equipped workshop. The 120 mm thicknessing height is the main limitation: suitable for battens, frames, and thin pieces, not for beams and structural pieces. The 8,500 rpm of the 2-knife cutter block produces surprisingly good surface finish for the machine's size. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by itinerant artisans, restorers, and small hobby workshops as a first entry into the world of electric combined planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 200 is the absolute entry-level combined planer in the Bernardo catalog: below it, there are only hand planers. The next step is the PT 250 – 230V (250 mm width, more powerful) or the ADH 250 P – 400V (250 mm, three-phase). The PT 200 is the choice when portability and compactness are the main criteria, not work capacity. For those who want a stable workshop machine for daily use, the PT 250 or ADH 250 P are already more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 200 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 kg, 230V, minimal footprint: used on a workbench and stored away. First electric combined planer for those taking their first steps in motorized woodworking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for battens and small pieces, or for on-site use. As a main machine for a professional workshop, it is undersized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.25 kW motor and 120 mm thicknessing height are not suitable for continuous professional production. Consider higher-end machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height greater than 120 mm (absolute structural limit); continuous processing of hardwoods for more than 2 hours; use as the sole planer in a full-time professional workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 kW (1.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.75 kW (2.3 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 460 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombined dust extraction hood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Ø 60 mm dust extraction port compatible with standard extractors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 60 mm port is smaller than the industrial standard Ø 100 mm. It is compatible with domestic and light industrial vacuum cleaners equipped with a 60 mm hose or with adapters. For workshop use without a dedicated extractor, the PT 200 produces moderate chip volumes due to its reduced width (205 mm): a domestic vacuum cleaner of 1,000-1,200 W with a Ø 60 mm adapter is sufficient for hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 200 suitable for hardwoods like oak?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith limitations. For oak, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and not exceed 1-2 hours of continuous work. The 1.25 kW motor is dimensioned for soft and medium woods in intermittent use; on hardwoods in continuous cycle, it may overheat. For regular use on oak or ash, the PT 250 or ADH 250 P with 1.5-2.0 kW motors are more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does switching from jointer to thicknesser work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch is done using the combined dust extraction hood: a specific solution of the PT 200 that allows changing modes without moving the dust extraction port. The operation takes 30-60 seconds. The thicknesser table is compact (255 mm long), sufficient for pieces up to approximately 500 mm in length with additional support; for longer pieces, infeed\/outfeed supports are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench needed for the PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of only 480 mm, the PT 200 cannot be used on the floor. It must be placed on a stable bench with a depth of at least 500 mm. Its weight of 27 kg makes it easily movable by one person. For on-site use, it can be transported in a car trunk (dimensions 790 × 460 mm) and placed on any stable flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 200 suitable as a first electric planer for a hobbyist?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed precisely for this purpose. The 27 kg, standard 230V plug, minimal footprint, and lower price compared to professional-grade combined planers make it a suitable entry point into the world of electric planers for those new to woodworking. The limit is the width (205 mm) and thicknessing height (120 mm): for most hobby projects involving battens, frames, and small boards, these are more than sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692583031112,"sku":"08-1005","price":420.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_da_banco_Bernardo_PT_200_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1760513817"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-da-banco-pt-260-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 260 – 230V Benchtop Jointer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 260 mm, a jointer table of 1,050 mm, a Ø 55 mm cutter block with 2 HSS blades at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 150 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, a 1.6 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with bag included. Weight 75 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 55 mm – 2 HSS blades – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 kW S1 \/ 2.2 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. It is the choice for those who want the advantages of the PT 260 – lightweight (75 kg), autonomous extraction, fast cutter block at 6,700 rpm – without the need for a three-phase system. It works with any 230V single-phase industrial socket, making it the easiest combined planer with integrated dust extractor to install in the Bernardo catalogue. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by restorers, itinerant artisans, and advanced hobbyists who want a complete and autonomous machine without investing in a dedicated electrical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, 75 kg, integrated dust extractor: the combined planer with the simplest possible setup. No three-phase system, no separate dust extractor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor working on battens and boards up to 150 mm high without a three-phase system. As a main machine for joinery with tall pieces, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.6 kW single-phase motor and the 150 mm thickness limit are not suitable for continuous industrial production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 150 mm; workshops with available three-phase systems (prefer the 400V version for higher motor torque); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW (2.1 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with chip collection bag, Ø 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium fence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGauge included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect an external dust extractor to the PT 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The dust extraction port is Ø 80 mm: with a Ø 80-100 mm adapter, an external industrial dust extractor can be connected in place of the integrated bag. This is useful for more intensive production where the bag requires frequent emptying, or for environments where centralized extraction is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 260 – 230V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 260 – 230V weighs 75 kg, has an integrated dust extractor, a thicknessing height of up to 150 mm, and a cutter block at 6,700 rpm. The ADM 260 – 230V weighs 160 kg, does not have an integrated dust extractor, a thicknessing height of up to 190 mm, a cutter block at 3,750 rpm, and tables with noise-absorbing lips. The PT 260 is the choice for those who want lightness and autonomous extraction; the ADM 260 for those who want superior build quality and greater passage height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the chip collection bag be emptied?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on usage. In jointer planing, the volume of chips produced is less than in thicknessing. In continuous professional use (4-6 hours\/day), the bag should be emptied every 1-2 hours in thicknessing mode on softwoods, less frequently on hardwoods with shallow passes. The bag is removable without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PT 260 – 230V have a cast iron or aluminum table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tables are made of rectified aluminum, not cast iron like the AD and ADM versions. Rectified aluminum offers high-quality flatness and smooth sliding of pieces, with a structural weight lower than cast iron, contributing to the machine's total 75 kg. For intensive professional use, the cast iron tables of the AD\/ADM versions offer greater vibrational stability; for hobby and artisan use, the aluminum tables of the PT 260 are adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm. At 75 kg, it can be moved by one person on a flat floor without equipment. For moving pieces, a free space of at least 1.5 m in front of and behind the machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692583784776,"sku":"08-1022","price":1122.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PT_260_Pialla_filo_spessore_230_V_compatta_e_versatile.jpg?v=1756821663"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-260-400v","title":"Planer thicknesser Bernardo PT 260 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 260 mm, a jointer table of 1,050 mm, a Ø 55 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 150 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, a 1.6 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an integrated dust collector with a bag included. Weight 75 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 55 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 kW S1 \/ 2.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust collector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 260 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 400V is a combined benchtop planer with an integrated dust collector: at 75 kg, it is the lightest in the 260 mm three-phase PT range, designed for those who do not have a fixed dust extraction system in their workshop and want a self-contained and portable machine. The integrated dust collector with bag is the main differentiator from other PT models: it eliminates the need for a separate dust collector, reducing the overall installation cost. The 6,700 rpm cutter block, the fastest in the PT range at this width, produces a high cutting frequency that translates into a superior surface finish compared to slower cutter blocks on machines of similar weight. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by itinerant craftsmen and small hobby workshops who move between job sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 260 – 400V has a limited thicknessing height of 150 mm: the main limitation compared to the ADH 250 P (185 mm) and AD 260 (185 mm). For those who work exclusively with battens, mouldings, and thin boards, this is not a problem; for those who also work with pieces between 150 and 185 mm high, the PT 260 is not sufficient. The 230V version (PT 260 – 230V) has identical specifications and the same dust collector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The integrated dust collector is a practical advantage in home workshops without a fixed system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry shop \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor working on pieces up to 150 mm high and 260 mm wide. The integrated dust collector reduces installation costs. For taller pieces, consider ADH 250 P or AD 260.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.6 kW motor and the 150 mm thicknessing limit are not suitable for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a thicknessing height greater than 150 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day; workshops looking for a main production machine (the PT 260 is sized for complementary use or intensive hobby use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW (2.1 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with chip collection bag, Ø 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust collector with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum fence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the integrated dust collector sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated dust collector with bag is adequate for hobby and intermittent craft use. For continuous production exceeding 4 hours\/day or for fine dust (MDF, resinous woods), an external industrial dust collector of 1,200-1,500 m³\/h offers better extraction. The nozzle is Ø 80 mm: if connecting an external dust collector, a Ø 80-100 mm adapter is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the limitation of the 150 mm thicknessing height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum thicknessing height is 150 mm. For working on standard battens, mouldings, boards, and panels, this measurement is sufficient. Pieces exceeding 150 mm in height, such as beams, structural pieces, and solid blocks, cannot be thicknessed on this machine. For heights up to 185 mm, consider the ADH 250 P – 400V; for heights up to 225 mm, the AD 310 – 400V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 260 – 400V the same as the PT 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical specifications (width, cutter block, table, feed, dust collector, weight) are identical. The only difference is the power supply: 400V three-phase vs 230V single-phase. With three-phase available, the 400V version offers more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the only practical option is the 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm in intermittent professional use (2-4 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm, making it one of the most compact combined planers in the Bernardo catalog. At 75 kg, it can be moved by one person on a flat floor. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692584341832,"sku":"08-1023","price":1415.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_260_con_aspiratore_integrato.jpg?v=1760689066"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-230v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 Planer Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a surface planer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 173 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing passage height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 230V is the single-phase version of the AD 260: same construction specifications (250 mm width, cast iron tables, HSS cutter block) in a 230V configuration for workshops without a three-phase system. At 173 kg and single-phase, it is the most accessible 250 mm cast iron combination planer in the Bernardo catalog for installation in non-industrial premises. Compared to the ADM 260 – 230V (160 kg, superior construction), the AD 260 – 230V has a more essential structure at a lower cost. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the first professional combination planer for carpenters starting their business in workshops without three-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAD 260 – 230V vs ADM 260 – 230V: which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same power supply (230V), same weight (173 vs 160 kg). The ADM 260 – 230V adds tables with sound-absorbing lips, a prismatic fence, and a motor brake: superior construction features for intensive use. The AD 260 – 230V has a more essential construction at a lower cost: suitable for standard professional, non-intensive use. The choice depends on the budget and the expected intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, cast iron tables, 250 mm: adequate for intensive hobby use. For lighter use, the PT 260 – 230V (75 kg, integrated dust extractor) is more practical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without three-phase power looking for a cost-effective 250 mm cast iron combination planer. Suitable for shifts up to 5-6 hours on medium woods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 260 – 400V three-phase or ADM 260.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase power available (prefer AD 260 – 400V); pieces over 250 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 5 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade guard, switch with undervoltage release, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 230V and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical specifications (250 mm width, same HSS cutter block, same dimensions, same weight). The only difference is in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque. Without three-phase, the 230V is the only practical option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 230V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V has tables with sound-absorbing lips, a prismatic fence, and an integrated motor brake, which are superior construction features. The AD 260 – 230V has a more essential construction at a lower cost. Same weight (173 vs 160 kg). For standard professional use, the AD 260 – 230V is adequate; for intensive use or in environments where noise is critical, the ADM 260 – 230V is superior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect any dust extractor to the AD 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm, standard for professional woodworking dust extractors. Switching from surface planing to thicknessing is facilitated by the simultaneous tilting of the tables and the integrated dust hood that remains connected in both modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is required. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692594958664,"sku":"08-1051","price":1610.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760521288"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adh-250p-230v","title":"Bernardo ADH 250 P Planer and Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm shaft with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 148 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADH 250 P – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V is the single-phase version of the ADH 250 P: same compact structure (148 kg), same HSS shaft, same format, in 230V configuration for installation without three-phase power. Compared to the AD 260 – 230V (173 kg, 2.0 kW), the ADH 250 P – 230V is 25 kg lighter and has a smaller motor (1.5 kW): suitable for intermittent use and workshops with limited needs, with the advantage of greater compactness. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the first professional combined planer for those starting a single-phase business with a limited budget and space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADH 250 P – 230V vs AD 260 – 230V: when to choose the lighter one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same power supply (230V). The ADH 250 P – 230V weighs 148 kg (vs 173 kg) and has a 1.5 kW motor (vs 2.0 kW): more maneuverable, less powerful. The AD 260 – 230V with 2.0 kW better handles prolonged cycles on hardwoods. The choice depends on the intensity of use: for intermittent use (2-4 hours\/day) the ADH 250 P is sufficient; for more intensive daily professional use, the AD 260 – 230V is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, 148 kg, 250 mm: suitable for intensive hobby use. The grooved infeed roller improves feed quality compared to entry-level planers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without three-phase power with moderate planing needs (2-4 hours\/day). For more intensive use, consider the AD 260 – 230V with a 2.0 kW motor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW single-phase motor is not suitable for industrial cycles. Consider the three-phase AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase power available (consider ADH 250 P – 400V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 3-4 hours\/day; pieces over 250 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrooved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 feed handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the grooved roller and the rubberized roller?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grooved (toothed) infeed roller offers a more secure grip on the workpiece during feeding, reducing slippage on resinous wood or uneven surfaces. The rubberized outfeed roller prevents marking on the already planed surface, which would otherwise be scratched by a metal roller. The combination of the two rollers improves the quality of the result compared to machines with both smooth steel rollers, a constructive feature of the ADH not present on all entry-level planers in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADH 250 P – 230V and ADH 250 P – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. If three-phase is available, the 400V version is preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 1.5 kW motor handle hardwoods like oak?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith limitations. For oak or ash, it is recommended to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and take breaks every 30-45 minutes to prevent the motor from overheating. For intensive work on hardwoods for more than 3-4 hours\/day, consider the AD 260 – 230V with a 2.0 kW motor, which is better sized for this use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm. At 148 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you switch from jointer to thicknesser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tables flip up via a hinge, exposing the thicknesser table. The 2 included handles facilitate manual flipping. The operation takes approximately 30-60 seconds without tools. The Ø 100 mm dust extraction hood remains connected in both working modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692599742792,"sku":"08-1018A","price":1329.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADH_250_P_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760515078"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-adm-260-400-v","title":"Bernardo ADM 260 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 3,750 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 190 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight approx. 160 kg. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 3,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 260 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V is the three-phase version of the ADM 260 family: same construction with cast iron tables, prismatic guide, and thicknessing height up to 190 mm, in a 400V three-phase configuration. The 8 m\/min feed rate, higher than the AD 260 – 400V (4.8 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing soft and medium woods. With available three-phase, it is preferable to the 230V version for its more uniform motor torque. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the entry-professional combined planer for joinery shops with a three-phase system seeking a 250 mm width with generous thicknessing height (190 mm) at a low cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADM 260 – 400V vs AD 260 – 400V: what changes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same motor (2.0 kW), same weight (160 vs 173 kg). The ADM 260 has a higher thicknessing height (190 vs 185 mm), faster feed rate (8 vs 4.8 m\/min), and ADM construction with a prismatic guide. The AD 260 – 400V has a longer jointer table (1,090 vs 1,080 mm). For standard professional use, the ADM 260 – 400V is the better choice for its faster feed rate and greater thicknessing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The 160 kg is manageable with a pallet truck.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm with 190 mm thicknessing height and 8 m\/min feed rate: suitable for professional shifts on soft and medium woods. Three-phase is standard in Italian joineries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods, consider the ADM 300 – 400V with a 3.0 kW motor. The ADM 260 is dimensioned for shifts up to 6 hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V (choose ADM 260 – 230V); pieces wider than 250 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 6 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer (Jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 145 mm – prismatic guide, inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 260 – 400V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications: same width (250 mm), same HSS cutter block, same weight (160 kg), same thicknessing height (190 mm), same feed rate (8 m\/min). The difference is exclusively in the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. With available three-phase, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque under load; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the 8 m\/min feed rate superior to the AD 260 (4.8 m\/min)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM and AD families have different construction philosophies. The AD family is oriented towards structural stability with a slower but uniform feed rate; the ADM family has a faster feed rate optimized for productivity on soft and medium woods. For hardwoods with the ADM 260, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to compensate for the higher speed and maintain surface quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a maximum depth of cut of 1.8 mm sufficient for thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for the vast majority of finishing operations. Finishing passes typically occur at 0.5-1.5 mm, well within the limit. For aggressive roughing, the jointer mode (max 5 mm depth of cut) is more appropriate: roughing is done with the jointer and finishing with the thicknesser, the standard sequence in professional joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm. For workpiece handling, at least 1.8 m of free space is needed in front and behind. With 160 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692603707720,"sku":"08-1035","price":1281.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_ADM_260_Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_400_V.jpg?v=1757330237"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310p-400v","title":"Bernardo FS 310 P Jointer and Thicknesser - 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 310 mm, a 1,400 mm jointer table, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an included 0.1 mm digital display. Weight approx. 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 mm scale included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V is the 310 mm combined planer from the FS family with HSS knives: it differs from the AD 310 in three specific features. The 240 mm thicknessing height is the highest in its 310 mm category with HSS knives, 15 mm above the AD 310 (225 mm) and 60 mm above the PT 310 (180 mm). The 0.1 mm digital display is included as standard, not as an option. The cutter block speed of 4,500 rpm (vs 4,300 for the AD 310) theoretically produces a better surface finish. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by cabinetmakers and window\/door manufacturers who work with pieces up to 240 mm high and need to reproduce precise thicknesses using a display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 P vs AD 310: same width, different features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 P has a higher thicknessing height (240 vs 225 mm), a faster cutter block (4,500 vs 4,300 rpm), a digital display as standard, but weighs less (205 vs 295 kg) and has a shorter jointer table (1,400 vs 1,610 mm). The AD 310 weighs 90 kg more, offering greater stability for heavy workpieces, and has a longer table. The choice depends on: required thicknessing height (over 225 mm → FS 310 P), need for a digital display (→ FS 310 P), vs. heavy workpieces requiring structural mass (→ AD 310).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine (205 kg, three-phase, digital display). Dimensions and features oriented towards continuous professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm with 240 mm thicknessing height (maximum in HSS category), digital display for precise thicknesses, 205 kg more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor production of pieces up to 240 mm high with thickness reproduction via display. To eliminate cutting edge maintenance, consider the FS 310 PS with a spiral cutter block.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase power; pieces over 310 mm wide; those working with heavy pieces that require the structural mass of the AD 310 (295 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Surface Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm scale – included as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.1 mm digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilting tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the digital display with a 0.1 mm scale really useful in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for those who produce series with repeated thicknesses. The display allows you to set a thickness, visually store it, and reproduce it in subsequent sessions without measuring the workpiece. For the production of frames, calibrated battens, or furniture components requiring tight tolerances (±0.2 mm), it significantly reduces setup times and the number of test passes. For those who always work with different pieces without repeated thicknesses, the display is useful but not essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 mm thicknessing height really the highest for 310 mm HSS machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, among the 310 mm combined planers with HSS knives in the Bernardo catalog, the FS 310 P and the FS 310 PS (version with spiral cutter block) share the record of 240 mm maximum thicknessing height. The AD 310 stops at 225 mm, the PT 310 at 180 mm. For pieces with a height between 225 and 240 mm, the FS 310 P is the only HSS 310 mm option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 P and FS 310 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 P features 3 HSS knives on the Ø 75 mm cutter block. The FS 310 PS features 30 TCT inserts on the same cutter block. Structure, dimensions, weight, and digital display are identical. TCT offers reduced noise (approx. 50%) and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The cost of the FS 310 PS is higher; the savings in maintenance recover it in 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-3 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit's warehouse with 3-5 business day shipping. The higher frequency compared to the AD 310 (4 knives vs 3) is compensated by the higher cutter block speed, which still produces good surface quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack on a flat floor, significantly easier to reposition than the AD 310 (295 kg). For workpiece handling, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692609016136,"sku":"08-1046","price":2147.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_P_con_display_digitale..jpg?v=1760685432"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-pt-200-ed-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 200 ED Bench Jointer\/Planer – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 205 mm, a jointer table of 740 mm, a Ø 50 mm cutter block with 2 HSS blades at 8,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 210 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight approx. 28 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm – 2 HSS blades – 8,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 28 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 200 ED and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V is the evolved version of the standard PT 200: same width (205 mm), same weight (28 kg), same cutter block at 8,500 rpm, but with a crucial advantage: a maximum thicknessing height of 210 mm, compared to 120 mm of the standard PT 200. This difference makes the PT 200 ED suitable for a much wider range of workpieces, including beams, structural pieces, and solid blocks up to 210 mm in height. The \"ED\" designation indicates precisely this extended depth capacity. At 28 kg, it remains the lightest and most portable combined planer\/thicknesser in the Bernardo catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 200 ED vs PT 200: the difference that matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the thicknessing height: 210 mm for the ED versus 120 mm for the standard version. Everything else - width, cutter block, motor, weight, dust extraction - is identical. For those who work with pieces up to 210 mm high, the PT 200 ED is necessary; for those who exclusively work with thin strips and boards (under 120 mm), the standard PT 200 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 kg, 230V, 210 mm thicknessing height: the most versatile portable combined planer\/thicknesser in the Bernardo catalog. Can be used on a bench, stored, and transported in a car.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for pieces up to 205 mm wide and 210 mm high. As a main machine for continuous production on hardwoods, it is undersized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW motor and benchtop structure are not sized for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces over 205 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 2-3 hours\/day; workshops seeking a main production machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 480 × 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 200 ED and standard PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the thicknessing height: 210 mm for the ED versus 120 mm for the standard. Width (205 mm), cutter block, motor, weight (28 kg) and dust extraction (Ø 60 mm) are identical. The PT 200 ED is necessary for pieces with heights between 120 and 210 mm; for lower pieces, the standard is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow can the PT 200 ED have a thicknessing height of 210 mm with only 28 kg?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure of the PT 200 ED is designed vertically to allow for greater passage height without increasing weight. The height adjustment mechanism is extended compared to the standard version. This makes the PT 200 ED proportionally taller than the standard PT 200 (550 mm vs 480 mm machine height), but with the same weight of 28 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 1.5 kW motor handle pieces up to 210 mm high?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of the workpiece does not directly affect the load on the motor; the width and depth of cut do. A piece 210 mm high but 100 mm wide is lighter to plane than a panel 200 mm wide. The 1.5 kW motor is adequate for cuts of 0.5-1.5 mm on medium woods regardless of the workpiece height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of 550 mm, the PT 200 ED cannot be used on the floor. It must be placed on a stable workbench with a depth of at least 500 mm. At 28 kg, it can be moved alone without equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it compatible with standard dust collectors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 60 mm, smaller than the standard Ø 100 mm. Compatible with domestic and light industrial dust collectors with a 60 mm hose or with adapters. For professional use, a Ø 60-100 mm adapter is needed to connect standard industrial dust collectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692613472584,"sku":"08-1006","price":610.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/PT_200_ED_con_aspirazione_compatta_e_ideale_per_lavorazioni_mobili.jpg?v=1751468616"},{"product_id":"pialle-bernardo-pt-250","title":"Bernardo PT 250 Bench Planer\/Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 255 mm, a jointer table of 925 mm, a shaft with 2 HSS blades, a maximum thicknessing height of 120 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Compact weight with a portable design. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 255 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 925 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 – 230V is a 255 mm combined benchtop planer: wider than the PT 200 (205 mm) and the PT 200 ED (205 mm), with rectified aluminium tables and a portable design. With a width of 255 mm, it covers the vast majority of workpieces in hobby and light artisanal woodworking. The 120 mm thicknessing height is the main limit: sufficient for battens, frames, and standard boards, but not for structural pieces. The combined dust hood allows for quick switching between jointing and thicknessing modes without disconnecting the extractor. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the primary combined benchtop planer for those who want more width than the PT 200 in a still portable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 250 – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm width in a portable format with 230V: suitable for most hobby projects. Rectified aluminium tables for good precision.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 emp.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for narrow pieces or on-site work. As a main machine for professional production, it is undersized for thicknessing height (120 mm) and power.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot sized for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height over 120 mm; intensive production on hardwoods; workshops looking for a main professional production machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlaner (jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e925 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectified aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 × 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm integrated with combined hood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 × 460 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 HSS blades installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombined dust hood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 250 and PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 250 offers 50 mm more width (255 vs 205 mm) and a longer jointer table (925 vs 740 mm). The maximum thicknessing height is identical (120 mm). The motor is identical (1.5 kW). The PT 250 is the choice when more working width is needed; the PT 200 is more compact and less expensive. Both have a thicknessing height limited to 120 mm; for taller pieces, consider the PT 200 ED (210 mm) or the combined planers from the AD\/ADM range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre rectified aluminum tables as precise as cast iron ones?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hobby and light artisanal use, rectified aluminum offers adequate flatness and a smoother surface. For intensive professional use, the cast iron tables of the AD and ADM versions offer greater vibrational stability and durability. The choice of table material is one of the main construction differences between the PT benchtop planers and the professional AD\/ADM planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the combined dust hood work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined hood allows switching from jointing mode to thicknessing mode while keeping the extractor connected; there's no need to disconnect and reconnect the hose. It's a deflector that automatically redirects the suction flow based on the active mode. Practical for workshops where mode changes occur frequently throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of 990 mm, the PT 250 is designed to be used as a freestanding machine on the floor; it does not require an additional workbench like smaller benchtop versions (PT 200). The footprint of 970 × 460 mm is compact and easily fits even in workshops with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 970 × 460 × 990 mm. For handling workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.5 m in front and behind is needed. The portable design allows for movement without special equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692615176520,"sku":"08-1007","price":561.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_250_con_tavoli_in_alluminio.jpg?v=1760513125"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-305d-400v","title":"Bernardo PT 305 D Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,080 mm jointer table, a Ø 62 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 160 mm, a feed rate of 8.5 m\/min, a 1.8 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with a bag. Weight 94 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 – 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 62 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kW S1 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 94 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 305 D – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V is the 305 mm three-phase benchtop combination planer with integrated dust extractor: at 94 kg, it offers a 305 mm width in a significantly lighter format than professional cast iron planers of the same width (AD 310: 295 kg). The 8.5 m\/min feed rate is among the fastest in the PT range. The \"D\" indicates the presence of an integrated dust extractor with a trolley included, the main differentiator from the standard PT 305. The thicknessing height of 160 mm is the main limitation: sufficient for most work on boards and panels, but not for tall beams. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by artisans who work with pieces up to 305 mm in three-phase without wanting to invest in a fixed dust extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 305 D vs PT 305 (standard): the difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe D version adds an integrated dust extractor with a chip collection bag and a trolley for movement. Everything else—width, cutter block, motor, weight—is identical. The D is preferable for workshops without a fixed dust extraction system; the standard is for those who already have a dust extractor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The integrated dust extractor is a practical advantage in workshops without a fixed system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 emp.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm with integrated dust extractor and trolley at 94 kg: the combination for those working with wide pieces without wanting to install fixed systems. For pieces taller than 160 mm, consider AD 310.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.8 kW motor and the 160 mm thicknessing limit are not suitable for continuous industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 160 mm; workshops without three-phase 400V (choose PT 305 D – 230V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 62 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser (thickness planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with bag, Ø 100\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolley for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 305 D – 400V and PT 305 D – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 160 mm thicknessing height significantly limit operations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the pieces being worked. For battens, frames, boards, and panels up to 160 mm in height, the PT 305 D is sufficient and covers the vast majority of artisanal woodworking projects. For beams and structural pieces over 160 mm, it is necessary to consider the AD 310 (225 mm) or the FS 310 P (240 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PT 305 D – 400V include the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The D version includes the trolley for internal movement, which is one of the differentiators from the standard PT 305. At 94 kg, the trolley allows the machine to be moved around the workshop without additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 94 kg, it can be moved with the included trolley on a level floor. For moving pieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. Contact Krollit for complete machine dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692617470280,"sku":"08-1025","price":1451.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_305_D_con_aspiratore_integrato..jpg?v=1760545403"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310p-230v","title":"Bernardo FS 310 P Jointer and Planer - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a surface planing table of 1,400 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an included digital display with 0.1 mm scale. Weight approx. 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface planer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planing table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 mm scale – included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 P – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. With a 3.0 kW single-phase motor, it is the most powerful combined planer\/thicknesser in a single-phase 310 mm configuration available in the Bernardo catalog. For workshops without a three-phase system that work with pieces up to 310 mm wide and 240 mm high with the need for a digital display, it is the only option at this width. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by woodworking shops in non-industrial premises, where three-phase power is not available, that work with doors, panels, and beams with precise thickness requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 P – 230V vs FS 310 P – 400V: when to choose single-phase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame operating specifications: 310 mm width, 240 mm thicknessing height, 4,500 rpm cutter block, digital display, identical dimensions and weight. The only difference is the power supply. Where three-phase is available, the 400V version is always preferable for more uniform motor torque. The 230V is only necessary for those who do not have three-phase and do not intend to install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 205 kg with a 3.0 kW motor. Dimensions and features oriented towards professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe most complete combined planer\/thicknesser at 310 mm available in single-phase: 240 mm thicknessing height, digital display, 205 kg. For workshops without three-phase that do not want to compromise on width.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 3.0 kW single-phase motor is suitable for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods. For more intensive production with three-phase available, prefer the 400V version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase available (prefer FS 310 P – 400V); pieces over 310 mm wide; intensive production on hard woods over 7 hours\/day in single-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm scale – included as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display with 0.1 mm scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiltable tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 P – 230V and FS 310 P – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo operational difference: same width, same cutter block, same weight, same digital display, same dimensions. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. Where three-phase is available, the 400V version is always preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only option at this performance level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan a 3.0 kW single-phase motor handle professional use at 310 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods (cherry, walnut, pine). For hard woods (oak, ash), it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1.5-2 mm to avoid overloading the motor. Peak absorption during start-up requires a dedicated line with a miniature circuit breaker of at least 20A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 mm thicknessing height the highest available at 310 mm in single-phase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Among the 310 mm combined planer\/thicknessers in the single-phase 230V Bernardo catalog, the FS 310 P – 230V and the FS 310 PS – 230V (version with spiral cutter block) share the record of 240 mm maximum thicknessing height, superior to the AD 310 (225 mm) and the PT 310 (180 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. For moving pieces, clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-3 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692618879304,"sku":"08-1045","price":2191.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_P_con_display_digitale.jpg?v=1760534343"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-305d-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 305 D Planer and Thicknesser - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 62 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 160 mm, a feed rate of 8.5 m\/min, a 1.8 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with bag. Weight 94 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 – 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 62 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kW S1 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 94 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 305 D – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V is the single-phase version of the PT 305 D – 400V: same operational specifications (305 mm width, integrated extractor, trolley, 94 kg) in a 230V configuration for workshops without three-phase power. With a 305 mm width, integrated extractor, trolley, and single-phase 230V, it is the most complete and self-contained combined planer available without requiring a three-phase system in this benchtop width range. The 8.5 m\/min feed rate is the fastest in the 305 mm PT range. In Krollit customer workshops, it is the complementary planer for itinerant artisans or small woodworking shops in non-industrial premises that work pieces up to 305 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 305 D – 230V vs PT 305 D – 400V\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications: 305 mm width, 6,700 rpm cutter block, integrated extractor, trolley, 94 kg weight. The only difference is the power supply. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only option at this level of completeness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm with integrated extractor and trolley, 94 kg, single-phase: practical and self-contained. The 160 mm thicknessing height covers most hobby projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe most complete combined planer at 305 mm in single-phase: width, integrated extractor, trolley. For workshops without three-phase power that work pieces up to 160 mm high.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.8 kW single-phase motor is not suitable for continuous industrial production on hardwoods. Consider the three-phase FS or AD range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with height greater than 160 mm; those with three-phase available (prefer PT 305 D – 400V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround aluminum with noise-reducing slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 62 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45° with prismatic guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with bag, Ø 100\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolley for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 305 D – 230V and PT 305 D – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo structural difference: same width, same cutter block, same integrated extractor, same trolley, same weight (94 kg). The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 8.5 m\/min feed rate the fastest in the 305 mm PT range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Among Bernardo combined planers at 305 mm, the PT 305 D has the fastest thicknesser feed rate (8.5 m\/min) compared to the standard PT 305 (7 m\/min). The higher speed increases productivity on softwoods for roughing; on hardwoods, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to compensate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the included trolley support the machine's 94 kg weight?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The trolley integrated into the PT 305 D is specifically designed for this machine and sized for its 94 kg weight. It allows movement on a flat floor without additional equipment. It is not suitable for uneven surfaces or ramps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 94 kg and the included trolley, the machine can be easily moved in the workshop. For handling workpieces, at least 2 m of clear space is needed in front and behind. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692622123336,"sku":"08-1024","price":1451.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_305_D_con_aspiratore_integrato.jpg?v=1760517030"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-410-400v","title":"Bernardo PT 410 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 410 – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 410 mm, a jointer table of 1,600 mm, a Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor with integrated motor brake. Weight 340 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor brake:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 410 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 410 – 400V is the 410 mm combination planer with HSS knives from the PT family: the same width as the AD 410 and AD 410 S, with cast iron tables and an integrated motor brake. The 8 m\/min feed rate, superior to the AD 410 (6 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing softwoods. The integrated motor brake stops the cutter block quickly after shutdown, increasing operational safety in workshops with multiple operators. At 340 kg, it is the heaviest cast iron planer in the PT range, its mass providing stability for large and heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by window and door manufacturers and cabinet makers who process wide doors and panels in a professional cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 410 vs AD 410: same format, different approach\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (410 mm), same weight (340 kg), same cast iron tables. The PT 410 has a faster feed rate (8 vs 6 m\/min), an integrated motor brake, and a slightly shorter jointer table (1,600 vs 1,685 mm). The AD 410 has 4 identical HSS knives but a longer table and a slightly different structure. For production of large workpieces, the longer table of the AD 410 is advantageous; for those who value rapid feed and the motor brake, the PT 410 is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 410 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (340 kg, three-phase). Oversized dimensions and cost for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm with 8 m\/min feed, motor brake and cast iron tables: the combination for those working wide pieces professionally with attention to operational safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo eliminate cutting edge maintenance, consider the PT 410 S with a TCT spiral cutter block. The PT 410 with HSS knives is suitable for shifts of up to 6-7 hours on medium hardwoods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase; workpieces with width less than 310 mm (oversized machine); environments with access less than 1.3 m wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45° with prismatic guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated motor brake, ON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 410 and PT 410 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 410 has 4 HSS knives on the Ø 95 mm cutter block. The PT 410 S has 72 TCT inserts on the same cutter block. Structure, dimensions and weight are identical. TCT offers reduced noise by approx. 50% and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The cost of the PT 410 S is higher; the savings in maintenance recuperate it in 12-18 months of professional full-shift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow quickly does the integrated motor brake stop the cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor brake stops the cutter block in a few seconds after shutdown, instead of the 30-60 seconds of natural deceleration. It is an important safety feature in workshops with multiple operators or where the operator needs to move away from the machine quickly. It significantly reduces the risk of accidental contact with the rotating cutter block after shutdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium hardwoods, the 4 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with shipping in 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the PT 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm. For a working width of 410 mm, a dust extractor with a minimum air flow of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V) is the recommended solution for continuous professional use at this width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a working width of 410 mm, clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front of and behind the machine is needed. At 340 kg, delivery requires equipped platform: check access (minimum door width 1.3 m, 1.4 m height with machine on pallet truck).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692626645320,"sku":"08-1061","price":3283.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_410_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760543631"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-410p-400v","title":"Bernardo Surface Planer and Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is a planer and thicknesser for professional use available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral data: Extraction port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner: Planing width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser: Table length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is a planer and thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is part of Bernardo's range of planer thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer assistance available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer thicknesser fs 410 p - 400 v is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window and door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (solid wood machine: composite panels damage the knives, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutter block or spiral cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, while the others use standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum machinable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced setup time is convenient for those who frequently alternate the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Check availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50805510701384,"sku":"08-1057","price":2964.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_410_P_con_display_digitale.png?v=1760537141"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-gadh-254-230v","title":"Guede GADH 254 Planer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a planer\/thicknesser for professional use, with an 1800 W motor, weighing approximately 35–40 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V or 400V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 1800 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft speed: 6700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft diameter: 63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a planer\/thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is part of the Guede planer\/thicknesser range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 planer\/thicknesser is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels ruin the knives, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height (thickness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknessing removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 × 254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1110 × 700 × 1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 35–40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V or 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 74 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife or helical cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, the others have standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe helical cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum machinable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change from planing to thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51797298315592,"sku":"55058","price":1258.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51797298348360,"sku":"55059","price":1258.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_G_de_GADH_254_Precisa_e_potente_1800W.webp?v=1760973531"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-gadh-254","title":"Guede GADH 254 Planer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a professional planer\/thicknesser, with a 1500 W motor, weighing ~35–40 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1500 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft speed: 8500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2 HSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing width: 254 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser is a professional planer\/thicknesser distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is part of the Guede planer\/thicknesser range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 planer\/thicknesser is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joinery workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax stock removal (thicknesser)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 264 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 264 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParallel fence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 × 565 × 1114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~35–40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax stock removal (planer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be worked in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutter block or spiral cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spirale\" version features a helical cutterhead with HM inserts, while others use standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterhead produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick changeover for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow function changes in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51802974388552,"sku":"55441","price":437.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_filo_e_spessore_Guede_GADH_254_con_piani_in_alluminio_e_lame_HSS.webp?v=1761039111"},{"product_id":"lavorazione-legno-record-power-pt107-pialla-filo-spessore","title":"Record Power PT107 Planer Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecord Power PT107 is a planer and thicknesser for professional use, weighing 162 kg. Krollit has been an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working width: 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner table dimensions: 1100 × 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser table dimensions: 600 × 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax thicknesser height: 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner depth of cut: 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser depth of cut: 2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT107 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT107 is a planer and thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power PT107 is part of the Record Power range of planer and thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PT107 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT107 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joinery workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door production\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (this machine is for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider sanding machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknesser height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser feed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 × 18.5 × 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent absorbed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.7 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 106 dB(A) (idle \/ load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83 \/ 100 dB(A) (idle \/ load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 50 Hz \/ 3 HP \/ 2,200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner block diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1080 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the PT107 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be worked in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBladed or spiral cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spirale\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, while the others feature standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually as they wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick changeover for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced setup time is convenient for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52233835839816,"sku":"PT107-EP","price":1767.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_professionale_Record_Power_PT107.jpg?v=1766488598"},{"product_id":"lavorazione-legno-record-power-pt310-pialla-filo-spessore","title":"Record Power PT310 Planer Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power PT310 is a professional planer thicknesser with a 2.75 kW motor and a weight of 202 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing width: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax thicknessing width: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing depth: 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax thicknessing depth: 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser feed speed: 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlades: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT310 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT310 is a professional planer thicknesser distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power PT310 is part of the Record Power planer thicknesser range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PT310 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT310 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joinery workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door production\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknessing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknessing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser feed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power P1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power P2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbsorbed current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 A (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 dB(a) idling \/ 107 dB(a) under load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 dB(a) idling \/ 98 dB(a) under load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1407 × 745 × 1005 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the PT310 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBlade or spiral cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, while others have standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually as they wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser cutter block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick changeover between planing and thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced setup time is convenient for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in your workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52233947054408,"sku":"48501","price":2598.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_professionale_Record_Power_PT310_da_310_mm.jpg?v=1766489492"},{"product_id":"pialla-filo-spessore-bernardo-pt-250-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 250 Planer Thicknesser Planer thicknesser with knives and setting gauge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge is a planer-thicknesser for professional use, weighing 29 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning width: 255 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable length: 925 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 8500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner fence: 620 x 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge is a planer-thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge fits into the range of Bernardo planer-thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 250 planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the knives, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e925 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° to 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 - 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 x 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the PT 250 Planer-thicknesser with blades and setting gauge offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be worked in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutter block or spiral?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version has a helical cutter block with HM inserts, the others have standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but costs more. The inserts are rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick changeover from planing to thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow switching functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is advantageous for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52709330977096,"sku":"08-1007HO","price":533.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_Bernardo_PT_250_Pialla_filo_spessore_con_lame_e_calibro_di_registrazione.jpg?v=1777486353"},{"product_id":"pialla-spessore-portatile-igm-ps33-testata-spirale","title":"Portable Thicknesser IGM PS33 – spiral cutterhead 36 HW inserts","description":"\u003cdiv data-test-render-count=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"contents\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group relative relative pb-3\" data-is-streaming=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-claude-response relative leading-[1.65rem] [\u0026amp;_pre\u0026gt;div]:bg-bg-000\/50 [\u0026amp;_pre\u0026gt;div]:border-0.5 [\u0026amp;_pre\u0026gt;div]:border-border-400 [\u0026amp;_.ignore-pre-bg\u0026gt;div]:bg-transparent [\u0026amp;_.standard-markdown_:is(p,blockquote,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6)]:pl-2 [\u0026amp;_.standard-markdown_:is(p,blockquote,ul,ol,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6)]:pr-8 [\u0026amp;_.progressive-markdown_:is(p,blockquote,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6)]:pl-2 [\u0026amp;_.progressive-markdown_:is(p,blockquote,ul,ol,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6)]:pr-8\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"standard-markdown grid-cols-1 grid [\u0026amp;_\u0026gt;_*]:min-w-0 gap-3 standard-markdown\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"relative group\/copy bg-bg-000\/50 border-0.5 border-border-400 rounded-lg focus:outline-none focus-visible:ring-2 focus-visible:ring-accent-100\" aria-label=\"Codice\" role=\"group\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"overflow-x-auto\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGM PS33 Portable Thickness Planer – Spiral Cutterhead 36 HW inserts, 330 mm width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IGM PS33 is a portable thickness planer for hobbyist-professional use, featuring a spiral cutterhead with 36 reversible 15x15x2.5 mm HW inserts arranged in 4 spirals, a working width of 330 mm, a 1,800 W single-phase 230 V motor, and a spindle speed of 9,000 rpm. It is the first portable thickness planer on the European market with a spiral cutterhead using carbide inserts. Distributed in Italy by Krollit, an official IGM distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing width: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax workpiece thickness: 156 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin workpiece length: 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax depth per pass: 3.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterhead: 36 reversible 15x15x2.5 mm HW inserts, R=150, 4 spirals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutterhead diameter: 46 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed rate: 7.9 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1,800 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V \/ 50 Hz \/ single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust extraction: Integrated fan + Ø 62 mm port for dust collection system or bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSound emission: 96 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine weight: 35 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PS33 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IGM PS33 portable thickness planer is used by artisan joiners, solid wood floor restorers, and window\/door manufacturers who need to take the machine to job sites or work in workshops with limited space. The spiral cutterhead with 4-position carbide inserts allows planing of hard, exotic, and knotty woods without tear-out, providing a superior finish quality compared to straight-knife cutterheads. The maximum depth per pass of 3.2 mm makes it suitable for progressive leveling passes on planks, boards, and battens intended for custom furniture, stairs, and handmade parquet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PS33 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoiner with mobile workshop or job site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 kg weight and 230 V single-phase power allow use on site without a transformer; foldable tables reduce bulk during transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist and artisan with small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable without a dust extractor thanks to the integrated fan and included dust collection bag; 7-position depth stop (3.2 to 38 mm) for precise repetitions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous production with pieces over 330 mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum width of 330 mm excludes planing of wide solid boards and glued panels; for series production, consider fixed bench planers with 400 mm or wider capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous planing of wood-based panels (MDF, particleboard, plywood) in industrial settings, where the silica in the panel accelerates the wear of HW inserts; operations on pieces shorter than 120 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e156 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth per pass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth stop – available positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 positions (3.2–38 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCutterhead and feed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterhead type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral – 4 spirals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15x15x2.5 mm, R=150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert rotations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (reversible without replacement)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterhead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 50 Hz \/ single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload protection; automatic anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated fan + Ø 62 mm port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse without extractor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (dust collection bag included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound emission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L×W×H) with tables closed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340×615×555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions with tables open\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850×615×555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415×660×545 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrder code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTE-PS33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36 reversible 15x15x2.5 mm HW inserts (mounted in the cutterhead)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare HW inserts with screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdapter kit for dust collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTorx T25 key for insert replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many times can each insert of the PS33 spiral cutterhead be rotated before replacement?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach HW insert of the PS33 spiral cutterhead has 4 rotation positions. When an edge wears out, the insert is rotated 90° without replacement, presenting a new sharp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that each insert offers 4 full uses before replacement. With 36 inserts total, the available cutting capacity before a complete change is therefore equivalent to 144 sharpenings of a traditional knife. Replacement only requires the Torx T25 key included in the standard equipment, with no need for cutterhead adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the PS33 operate without a dust extractor connected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PS33 is equipped with an integrated fan that extracts chips from the cutterhead and directs them into the included dust collection bag, without the need for an external extractor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the Ø 62 mm port allows connection to an external extractor for enclosed environments with high dust production or for long-duration work. The included bag is suitable for medium-duration work sessions; for continuous use, connecting to an extractor is recommended to maintain constant collection efficiency and reduce exposure to wood dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PS33 spiral cutterhead also work on hard woods like oak, ash, and teak?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The spiral cutterhead with carbide inserts is specifically recommended for hard and exotic woods, where straight-knife cutterheads cause tear-out and require frequent sharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHW carbide inserts have significantly higher hardness than traditional HSS, which translates into wear resistance on oak, ash, teak, wenge, and resinous woods. The spiral geometry (4 spirals, 36 inserts arranged helically) distributes the cut progressively along the width of the workpiece, reducing vibration and improving surface finish even on woods with irregular grain or knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum thickness the PS33 can plane?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PS33 does not specify a minimum thickness as an absolute motor limit but indicates a minimum workpiece length of 120 mm. The maximum accepted thickness is 156 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor planing very thin pieces (under 10 mm), it is necessary to assess the risk of tear-out from the rubberized feed rollers, which exert pressure on the workpiece. In these cases, it is advisable to work the piece with a support batten of the same thickness placed alongside the piece to be planed, to distribute the pressure of the rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the lateral depth stop useful for repeated planing to a fixed dimension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7-position depth stop (from 3.2 to 38 mm) allows setting a fixed dimension and repeating the same pass on multiple pieces without re-measuring the depth each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly useful in the production of battens for handmade parquet, frames, and moldings where all pieces must be of the same thickness. The 7 positions cover the most common finished thickness measurements in artisanal joinery. For intermediate dimensions not covered by the stop, the continuous scale of the planing head can still be adjusted with millimeter precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spare parts are available for the PS33 and where can they be ordered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main spare part for the PS33 is the reversible HW insert code IGM N013 (15x15x2.5 mm, R=150), available from Krollit's warehouse in Monteforte Irpino (AV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe N013 insert is the same one used in several IGM spiral cutterhead models, which simplifies spare parts management for those who own multiple machines from the same range. Krollit has the insert as a direct spare part that can be ordered online or by phone at +39 0825-1494022. Replacement does not require a specialized technician: the Torx T25 key included in the standard equipment is sufficient for changing inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"igm","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53006826176840,"sku":"STE-PS33","price":1163.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_portatile_IGM_PS33_con_testata_a_spirale_36_inserti_HW_vista_frontale.webp?v=1777467642"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/pialle-filo-spessore.png?v=1753696192","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/planers-filo-spessore.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}